blob: 83285dd28b4d95a41519292ecb9f07e567e81d49 [file] [log] [blame]
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Feb 06
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
933
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000934ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000935
936*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
937hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
938using. For Perl script use: >
939 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
940 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
941For Visual Basic use: >
942 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
943 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
944
945
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000946BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000947
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200948The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000949for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
950are supported.
951
952Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
953in ones |.vimrc|: >
954 let baan_code_stds=1
955
956*baan-folding*
957
958Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
959mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
960source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
961
962To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
963 let baan_fold=1
964Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
965indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
966considered equal to a tab). >
967 let baan_fold_block=1
968Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000969SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000970match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
971 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000972Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000973the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
974.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
975 set foldminlines=5
976 set foldnestmax=6
977
978
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000979BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000980
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000981Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000982which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
983five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
984otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
985Basic.
986
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000987If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
988example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
989 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
990
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000991
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000992C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000993
994A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100995(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000996 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100997 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
998To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000999 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001000Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001002An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1003 :set filetype=cpp
1004
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001005Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001006*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1007*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001008*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1009*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001010*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1011*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1012*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001013 ...except { and } in first column
1014 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1015 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001016*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1017 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001018*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001019*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001020*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1021*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001022*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001023 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001024*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1025*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1026*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1027*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1028*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001029*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1030*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001031
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001032When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1033become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1034 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001035"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1036 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001037
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001038If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1039when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1040to a larger number: >
1041 :let c_minlines = 100
1042This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1043displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1044disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1045
1046When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1047works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1048you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1049
1050To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1051Example: >
1052 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1053 :function MyCadd()
1054 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1055 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1056 : hi link cMyItem Title
1057 :endfun
1058
1059ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1060"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1061not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1062highlighting: >
1063 :hi link cConstant NONE
1064
1065If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1066highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1067
1068If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001069in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001070~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001071 syn sync fromstart
1072 set foldmethod=syntax
1073
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001074CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001075
1076C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1077the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1078
1079By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1080of C or C++: >
1081 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1082
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001083
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001084CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001085
1086Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1087that are available. Additionally there is:
1088
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001089chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1090chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1091chill_minlines like c_minlines
1092
1093
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001094CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001095
1096ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1097If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1098 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1099This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1100"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1101file).
1102
1103You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1104 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1105Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1106 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1107This works immediately.
1108
1109
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001110CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1111
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001112 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1113
1114Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1115but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1116|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1117syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001118>
1119 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001120 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1121 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001122 \ }
1123<
1124Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1125
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001126There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1127this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1128dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001129
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001130By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1131"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1132namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001133
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001134
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001135 *g:clojure_fold*
1136
1137Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1138list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1139the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1140
1141
1142 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1143
1144Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1145reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001146>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001147 #_(defn foo [x]
1148 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001149<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001150Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1151(e.g. `#_#_`).
1152
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001153
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001154COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001155
1156COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1157development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1158versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1159add this line to your .vimrc: >
1160 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1161To disable it again, use this: >
1162 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1163
1164
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001165COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001166
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001167The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001168comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1169
1170 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1171
1172The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1173
1174
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001175CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1176
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001177Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001178
1179Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001180cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001181cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001182cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1183cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001184
1185
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001186CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001187
1188This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1189used.
1190
1191Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1192symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1193between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001194"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1195>
1196 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001197
1198For using tcsh: >
1199
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001200 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001201
1202Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1203tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001204will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001205"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1206variable.
1207
1208
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001209CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001210
1211Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001212hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001213or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001214normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001215line to your .vimrc file: >
1216
1217 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1218
1219Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1220
1221 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1222
1223To disable these again, use this: >
1224
1225 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1226 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1227<
1228
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001229CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001230
1231Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1232doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1233startup vimrc: >
1234 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1235
1236
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001237DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1238
1239Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1240used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1241a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1242from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1243
1244More information about the language and its development environment at the
1245official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1246
1247dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1248type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1249and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1250framework.
1251
1252Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1253
1254https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1255
1256
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001257DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001258
1259Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001260according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001261https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1262To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1263 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1264Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1265To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1266 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1267g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001268
1269
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001270DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001271
1272The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1273there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1274
1275 :let diff_translations = 0
1276
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001277Also see |diff-slow|.
1278
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001279DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001280
1281The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1282provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1283the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1284versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1285uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1286line to your startup file: >
1287 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1288
1289
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001290DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001291DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1292DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001293
1294There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1295are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1296automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1297defaults to XML.
1298You can set the type manually: >
1299 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1300or: >
1301 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1302You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1303Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1304 :set filetype=docbksgml
1305or: >
1306 :set filetype=docbkxml
1307
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001308You can specify the DocBook version: >
1309 :let docbk_ver = 3
1310When not set 4 is used.
1311
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001312
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001313DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001314
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001315Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1316supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1317NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1318and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001319Select the version you want with the following line: >
1320
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001321 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001322
1323If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001324Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001325
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001326The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1327alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1328current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1329inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1330Stack Overflow -
1331
1332https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1333
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001334To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1335Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1336anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001337
1338 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1339
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001340If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1341block will be highlighted as an error.
1342
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001343There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001344"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1345is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001346
1347 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1348
1349If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1350
1351
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001352DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1353
1354Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001355(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1356idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001357
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001358There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1359explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1360Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001361 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1362or >
1363 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1364
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001365It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1366the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1367adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001368 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1369
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001370There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1371and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001372
1373Variable Default Effect ~
1374g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1375g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1376 doxygen comments.
1377
1378doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1379 and html_my_rendering underline.
1380
1381doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1382 colour highlighting.
1383
1384doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001385 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001386
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001387There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001388configuration.
1389
1390Highlight Effect ~
1391doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1392 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1393doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1394 \endlink from a \link section.
1395
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001396
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001397DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001398
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001399The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001400case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1401
1402 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1403
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001404The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001405this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1406
1407 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1408
1409before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1410Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1411'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1412Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1413highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001414delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001415
1416 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1417
1418The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1419
1420
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001421EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001422
1423While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001424syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1425highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001426highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1427
1428 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1429
1430Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1431
1432Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1433
1434 :let eiffel_strict=1
1435 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1436
1437Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1438five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1439"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1440
1441Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1442guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1443lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1444
1445If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1446"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1447
1448 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1449
1450instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1451
1452Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1453experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1454
1455 :let eiffel_ise=1
1456
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001457Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001458
1459 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1460
1461to your startup file.
1462
1463
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001464EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1465
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001466Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001467version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001468Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1469
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001470Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1471for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001472(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1473
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001474The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1475
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001476 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1477 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1478
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001479To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001480auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1481add the following line to your startup file: >
1482
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001483 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001484
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001485< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001486
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001487 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1488
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001489Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001490specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1491file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1492filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1493Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001494
1495
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001496ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001497
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001498Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001499the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001500
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001501The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1502put the following line in your vimrc: >
1503
1504 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1505
1506To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1507
1508 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001509
1510
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001511ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1512
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001513Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1514maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001515
1516The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1517
1518 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1519
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001520Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001521specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1522file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1523filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1524Elixir.
1525
1526
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001527FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1528
1529FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001530NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001531development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001532
1533Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1534syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1535editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1536start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1537'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1538(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1539and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1540
1541If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1542move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1543 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1544
1545
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001546FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001547
1548The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1549modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001550following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001551J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1552
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001553If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001554redefine the following syntax groups:
1555
1556 - formConditional
1557 - formNumber
1558 - formStatement
1559 - formHeaderStatement
1560 - formComment
1561 - formPreProc
1562 - formDirective
1563 - formType
1564 - formString
1565
1566Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1567directives per default in the same syntax group.
1568
1569A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001570header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001571this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1572
1573 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1574
1575The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001576gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001577conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1578
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001579Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1580should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1581the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1582
1583If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1584example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1585 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1586
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001587
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001588FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1589
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001590Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1591be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1592edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1593 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001594 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1595
1596
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001597FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598
1599Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001600Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1601choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16022023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
160390, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1604respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001605items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001606
1607The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1608fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1609the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001610
1611Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001612Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001613syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1614
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001615When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001616form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001617 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001618in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1619source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001620 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1621in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1622
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001623If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1624extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1625file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1626will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1627on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001629When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001630source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001631fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1632neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001633determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1634using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1635compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001636free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1637different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1638script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1639no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1640fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1641In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1642the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1643happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1644columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1645file.
1646
1647Vendor extensions ~
1648Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1649script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1650created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1651characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1652with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001653 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001654placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1655
1656If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1657set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1658 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1659placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1660
1661To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1662intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1663command such as >
1664 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1665placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001666
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001667Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001668Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001669fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001670Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001671using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001672variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1673 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001674placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001675mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1676
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001677Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001678Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1679fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001680 :let fortran_fold=1
1681to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1682is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001683subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1684units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1685constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1686fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001687 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001688then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001689select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1690be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001691
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001692The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1693comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1694non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1695or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001696items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001697
1698Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001699Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1700strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001701because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1702
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001703For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001704|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001705
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001706FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1707
1708FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1709dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1710for how to select the correct dialect.
1711
1712Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1713
1714Variable Highlight ~
1715*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1716*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1717*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1718*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1719
1720
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001721
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001722FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001723
1724In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1725the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1726appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1727patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1728number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1729
1730For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1731as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1732
1733 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1734 \ set filetype=fvwm
1735
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001736GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001737
1738The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1739the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1740is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1741are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1742
1743 htmlString
1744 htmlValue
1745 htmlEndTag
1746 htmlTag
1747 htmlTagN
1748
1749Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1750java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1751group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1752correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1753to the contains clause.
1754
1755The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1756group to make them easier to see.
1757
1758
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001759GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001760
1761The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001762under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001763of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1764filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1765(see |filetype.txt|).
1766
1767
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001768HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001769
1770The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001771Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001772syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1773
1774If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1775light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1776 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1777To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1778add: >
1779 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1780To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1781 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1782And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1783 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1784If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1785your .vimrc: >
1786 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1787
1788The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1789directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001790directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1791operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001792as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1793 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1794
1795The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1796automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1797TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001798or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001799in your .vimrc >
1800 :let lhs_markup = none
1801for no highlighting at all, or >
1802 :let lhs_markup = tex
1803to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1804For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1805this variable, so e.g. >
1806 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001807will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001808set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1809loading a file.
1810
1811
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001812HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001813
1814The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1815
1816The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1817This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001818closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1819are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001820
1821Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1822names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1823makes it easy to spot errors
1824
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001825Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001826names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1827
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001828Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001829are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1830text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1831while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001832only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001833<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001834
1835If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1836following syntax groups:
1837
1838 - htmlBold
1839 - htmlBoldUnderline
1840 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1841 - htmlUnderline
1842 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1843 - htmlItalic
1844 - htmlTitle for titles
1845 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1846
1847To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1848of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1849following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1850are read during initialization) >
1851 :let html_my_rendering=1
1852
1853If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1854http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1855
1856You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1857vimrc file: >
1858 :let html_no_rendering=1
1859
1860HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1861details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1862However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001863ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001864 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1865
1866JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1867'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001868programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1869currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001870
1871Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1872
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001873There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1874written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001875following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1876(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001877>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001878 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1879 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1880
1881Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1882the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1883
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001884 *html-folding*
1885The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1886and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1887
1888 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1889 :set foldmethod=syntax
1890
1891Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1892especially for large files.
1893
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001894
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001895HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001896
1897The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1898
1899Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1900doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1901this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1902different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1903 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1904
1905Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1906
1907Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1908signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1909a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1910 :set syntax=htmlos
1911
1912Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1913block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1914
1915
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001916IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001917
1918Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1919how to recognize this filetype.
1920
1921To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1922 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1923
1924
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001925INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001926
1927Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1928most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1929to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1930 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1931
1932By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1933and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1934you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1935need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1936 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1937
1938This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1939set of highlighted system functions.
1940
1941The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1942it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1943by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1944startup sequence: >
1945 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1946
1947By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1948version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1949Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1950startup sequence: >
1951 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1952
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001953IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1954
1955IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1956Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1957
1958IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1959rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001960repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001961
1962There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1963are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1964
1965The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1966
1967Variable Effect ~
1968
1969idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1970 extensions
1971idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1972idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1973 quite helpful)
1974idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1975
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001976
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001977JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001978
1979The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1980
1981In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1982flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001983classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1984old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001985 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1986
1987All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1988highlight them use: >
1989 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1990
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001991You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001992download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1993If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1994use the following: >
1995 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1996Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1997
1998Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001999how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000functions:
2001
2002If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
2003a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
2004 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
2005However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
2006supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
2007 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
2008If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
2009declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
2010definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
2011original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2012
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002013In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002014only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002015statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016your startup file: >
2017 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2018The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002019characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002020new highlightings for the following groups.:
2021 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2022which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002023strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002024have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002025
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002026Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2027creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2028similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2029and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002030 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2031 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2032 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2033 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2034 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002035 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002036 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2037To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2038 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2039
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002040If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2041can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2042scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2043actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2044CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002045 :let java_javascript=1
2046 :let java_css=1
2047 :let java_vb=1
2048
2049In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2050for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2051 :hi link javaParen Comment
2052or >
2053 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2054
2055If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2056when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2057to a larger number: >
2058 :let java_minlines = 50
2059This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2060displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2061number is that redrawing can become slow.
2062
2063
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002064JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2065
2066The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2067default. To disable concealment: >
2068 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2069
2070To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2071 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2072
2073
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002074LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002075
2076Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2077style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2078define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2079 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2080
2081
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002082LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002083
2084Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2085gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2086 :syn sync minlines=300
2087may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2088difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2089
2090
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002091LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2092
2093To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2094
2095 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2096<
2097
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002098LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2099
2100The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2101
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002102 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002103 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2104 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002105 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002106 of parenthesization will receive different
2107 highlighting.
2108<
2109The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2110the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2111colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2112specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002113usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002114highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2115
2116
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002117LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002118
2119There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2120
2121If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2122
2123 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2124
2125For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2126set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2127
2128 :let lite_minlines = 200
2129
2130
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002131LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002132
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002133LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002134file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2135users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2136should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2137
2138 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2139
2140If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002141modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002142
2143 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2144
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002145For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002146
2147 // vim:set ft=c:
2148
2149If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2150
2151There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002152used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002153and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002154assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002155you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2156
2157 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2158
2159For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2160
2161 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2162
2163For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2164
2165 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2166
2167For uLPC series of LPC:
2168uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2169instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2170
2171
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002172LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002173
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002174The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002175the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2176lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020021775.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002178
2179 :let lua_version = 5
2180 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181
2182
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002183MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002184
2185Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002186quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002187signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2188whitespaces and end with a newline.
2189
2190Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002191as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002192only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2193
2194By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002195displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002196with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2197
2198 :let mail_minlines = 30
2199
2200
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002201MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002202
2203In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2204errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2205feature off by using: >
2206
2207 :let make_no_commands = 1
2208
2209
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002210MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002211
2212Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2213supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2214The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2215highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2216
2217 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2218
2219to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2220choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22211, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2222$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2223
2224 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2225 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2226 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2227 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2228 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2229 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2230 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2231 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2232 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2233
2234
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002235MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2236
2237If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2238slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
2239the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
2240
2241 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2242
2243
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002244MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002245
2246Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2247have the following in your .vimrc: >
2248
2249 let filetype_m = "mma"
2250
2251
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002252MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2253
2254Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2255dialect.
2256
2257The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2258
2259 taggedComment :=
2260 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2261 ;
2262
2263 dialectTag :=
2264 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2265 ;
2266
2267 reserved words
2268 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2269
2270A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2271lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2272additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2273
2274Example: >
2275
2276 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2277 ...
2278
2279Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2280dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2281defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2282
2283Example: >
2284
2285 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2286
2287
2288Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2289variables.
2290
2291Variable Highlight ~
2292*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2293*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2294*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2295
2296*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2297*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2298*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2299
2300*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2301
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002302MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002303
2304If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2305highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2306comments: >
2307
2308 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2309
2310To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2311
2312 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2313
2314To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2315'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2316
2317 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2318
2319Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2320
2321 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2322
2323To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2324
2325 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2326
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002327Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002328use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2329To enable this option: >
2330
2331 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2332
2333An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2334
2335 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2336
2337
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002338MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002339
2340There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2341
2342If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2343
2344 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2345
2346For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2347set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2348
2349 :let msql_minlines = 200
2350
2351
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002352N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2353
2354N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2355Couchbase Server databases.
2356
2357Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2358and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2359many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2360
2361
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002362NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002363
2364There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2365
2366If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2367errors, use this: >
2368
2369 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2370
2371If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2372
2373
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002374NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002375
2376The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2377activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2378can use them.
2379
2380For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002381processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002382features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2383|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002384
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002385 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002386
2387Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2388Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2389there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002390you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002391can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2392native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2393\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2394accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2395environments.
2396
2397In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2398follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2399
24001. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2401
24022. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2403 exclamation mark, etc.
2404
24053. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2406 carriage return.
2407
2408The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2409algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2410
2411Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2412furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2413vertical space input will be output as is.
2414
2415Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2416than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2417practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002418marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002419need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002420spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2421
2422 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2423
2424Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2425with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2426highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002427"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002428
2429 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2430 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2431 \ gui=reverse,bold
2432
2433If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2434with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2435file: >
2436
2437 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2438
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002439As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002440paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2441
2442Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2443groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2444
2445
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002446OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002447
2448The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2449.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2450
2451 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2452
2453you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2454by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2455
2456 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2457
2458prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2459contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2460
2461
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002462PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002463
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002464The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002465and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002466as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2467sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002468you set the variable: >
2469
2470 :let papp_include_html=1
2471
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002472in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002473sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002474edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002475
2476The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2477http://papp.plan9.de.
2478
2479
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002480PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002481
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002482Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2483could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2484or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002485
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002486 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2487 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002488
2489The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2490provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002491Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002492enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2493following line to your startup file: >
2494
2495 :let pascal_traditional=1
2496
2497To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2498keywords, etc): >
2499
2500 :let pascal_delphi=1
2501
2502
2503The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2504*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2505operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2506
2507 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2508
2509Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2510
2511 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2512
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002513Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002514pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2515match Turbo Pascal. >
2516
2517 :let pascal_gpc=1
2518
2519or >
2520
2521 :let pascal_fpc=1
2522
2523To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2524pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2525
2526 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2527
2528If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2529will be highlighted as Error. >
2530
2531 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2532
2533
2534
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002535PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002536
2537There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2538
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002539Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2540to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2541files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002542
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002543 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002544
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002545To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002546off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002547
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002548To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2549from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002550
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002551 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002552
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002553(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2554enabled it.)
2555
2556If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2557
2558 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2559
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002560(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002561
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002562The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2563be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002564perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2565
2566 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2567 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2568 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2569
2570(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2571
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002572The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002573synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2574If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002575then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can
2576figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002577
2578One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2579
2580 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2581 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2582
2583Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2584its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2585
2586 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2587
2588If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2589
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002590 :let perl_fold = 1
2591
2592If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2593
2594 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002595
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002596Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2597this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002598
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002599 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002600
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002601Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2602via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002603
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002604 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2605
2606Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2607behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2608
2609 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002610
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002611PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002612
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002613[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002614it has been renamed to "php"]
2615
2616There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2617
2618If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2619
2620 let php_sql_query = 1
2621
2622For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2623
2624 let php_baselib = 1
2625
2626Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2627
2628 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2629
2630Using the old colorstyle: >
2631
2632 let php_oldStyle = 1
2633
2634Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2635
2636 let php_asp_tags = 1
2637
2638Disable short tags: >
2639
2640 let php_noShortTags = 1
2641
2642For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2643
2644 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2645
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002646For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002647one: >
2648
2649 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2650
2651Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2652
2653 let php_folding = 1
2654
2655Selecting syncing method: >
2656
2657 let php_sync_method = x
2658
2659x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2660x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2661x = 0 to sync from start.
2662
2663
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002664PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2665
2666TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2667variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002668see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002669
2670This syntax file has the option >
2671
2672 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2673
2674if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2675
2676
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002677PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002678
2679PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2680
2681This syntax file has the options:
2682
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002683- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002684 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002685
2686 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002687 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002688
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002689 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002690 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002691 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002692
2693 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2694
2695- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2696 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2697
2698
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002699PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002700
2701There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2702
2703If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2704
2705 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2706
2707For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2708set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2709
2710 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2711
2712
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002713POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002714
2715There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2716
2717First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2718currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2719and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2720Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2721extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2722level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2723highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2724
2725 :let postscr_level=2
2726
2727If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2728the most prevalent version currently.
2729
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002730Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002731particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2732PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2733
2734If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2735Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2736follows: >
2737
2738 :let postscr_display=1
2739
2740If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2741Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2742postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2743
2744 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2745
2746PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2747useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2748cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2749character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2750explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2751highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2752
2753 :let postscr_fonts=1
2754 :let postscr_encodings=1
2755
2756There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2757PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2758operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2759if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2760operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2761or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2762highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2763postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2764
2765 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2766<
2767
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002768 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2769PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002770
2771This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2772
2773In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2774the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2775appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2776patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2777"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2778
2779For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2780files, add the following: >
2781
2782 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2783 \ set filetype=ptcap
2784
2785If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2786are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2787internal variable to a larger number: >
2788
2789 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2790
2791(The default is 20 lines.)
2792
2793
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002794PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002795
2796Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2797doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2798startup vimrc: >
2799 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2800The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2801Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2802 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2803 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2804
2805
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002806PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002807
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002808There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002809
2810For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002811 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002812
2813For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002814 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002815
2816For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002817 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2818
2819For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2820 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2821or >
2822 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002823The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002824
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002825For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002826 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002827
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002828If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002829 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002830This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2831unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002832
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002833If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2834you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002835Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2836 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002837This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2838
2839Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2840 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2841
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002842
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002843QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002844
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002845The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2846based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2847between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2848definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2849to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2850be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002851
2852set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2853 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2854
2855set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2856 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2857
2858set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2859 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2860
2861Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2862commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2863
2864
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002865R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2866
2867The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2868can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2869 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2870
2871You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2872 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2873
2874enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2875braces: >
2876 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2877
2878and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2879 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2880
2881
2882R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2883
2884To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2885 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2886
2887To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2888 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2889
2890To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2891 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2892
2893By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00002894language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
2895highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
2896is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
2897behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
2898and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
2899 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
2900 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
2901 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
2902 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
2903 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
2904
2905If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
2906list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
2907the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002908 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2909
2910
2911R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2912
2913To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2914 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2915
2916
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002917READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002918
2919The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002920few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002921items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2922command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2923 let readline_has_bash = 1
2924
2925This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2926later, and part earlier) adds.
2927
2928
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002929REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2930
2931Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2932language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2933the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2934
2935
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002936RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2937
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002938Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2939select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2940syntax list.
2941
2942To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002943 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002944
2945To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2946`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2947 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002948 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2949 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002950 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002951 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002952
2953To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2954 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2955
2956To enable folding of sections: >
2957 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2958
2959Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2960
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002961
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002962REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002963
2964If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2965when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2966to a larger number: >
2967 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2968This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2969displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2970number is that redrawing can become slow.
2971
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002972Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2973comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2974your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2975>
2976 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2977
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002978
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002979RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002980
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002981 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2982 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2983 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2984 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2985 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2986
2987 *ruby_operators*
2988 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2989
2990Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2991
2992 :let ruby_operators = 1
2993<
2994 *ruby_space_errors*
2995 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2996
2997Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2998
2999 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3000<
3001This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3002as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3003"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3004spaces respectively.
3005
3006 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3007 Ruby: Folding ~
3008
3009Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3010
3011 :let ruby_fold = 1
3012<
3013This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3014buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3015filetypes.
3016
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003017Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3018"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3019
3020You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3021
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003022 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003023<
3024The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3025
3026 keyword meaning ~
3027 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3028 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3029 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003030 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003031 def "def" block
3032 class "class" block
3033 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003034 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003035 begin "begin" block
3036 case "case" block
3037 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003038 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3039 [ Array literal
3040 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3041 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003042 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003043 : Symbol
3044 # Multiline comment
3045 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003046 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3047
3048 *ruby_no_expensive*
3049 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003050
3051By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003052of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003053experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3054you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003055
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003056 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003057<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003058In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3059
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003060 *ruby_minlines*
3061
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003062If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3063scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3064the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003065
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003066 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003067<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003068Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3069largest class or module.
3070
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003071 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3072 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003073
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003074Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3075"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003076
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003077 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003078<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003079
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003080SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003081
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003082By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003083
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003084scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3085Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003086
3087
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003088SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003089
3090The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3091of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3092
3093The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3094case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003095used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003096highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3097 :let sdl_2000=1
3098
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003099This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003100keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3101 :let SDL_no_96=1
3102
3103
3104The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3105satisfied with it for my own projects.
3106
3107
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003108SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003109
3110To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003111highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003112
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003113 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3114<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003115in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3116inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3117by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3118also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3119you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3120
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003121GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3122comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3123comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3124
3125 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3126<
3127Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3128not (yet) affected by this setting.
3129
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003130Bugs:
3131
3132 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3133 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3134 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3135 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3136 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3137 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3138
3139
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003140SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003141
3142The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3143
3144The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3145This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3146closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3147defined for you)
3148
3149Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3150names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3151
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003152Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003153names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3154
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003155Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003156are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3157text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3158<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3159
3160If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3161following syntax groups:
3162
3163 - sgmlBold
3164 - sgmlBoldItalic
3165 - sgmlUnderline
3166 - sgmlItalic
3167 - sgmlLink for links
3168
3169To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3170following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3171are read during initialization) >
3172 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3173
3174You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3175vimrc file: >
3176 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3177
3178(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3179
3180
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003181 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003182SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003183
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003184This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3185shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003186
3187Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003188various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003189
3190 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3191 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3192<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003193See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3194cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3195/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3196that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3197shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3198symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003199
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003200One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003201variables in your <.vimrc>:
3202
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003203 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003204 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003205< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003206 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003207< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003208 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003209< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003210 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003211
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003212< (dash users should use posix)
3213
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003214If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3215default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003216the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3217statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003218sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003219
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003220The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3221
3222 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3223 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3224 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3225 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003226>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003227then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003228syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3229to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003230
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003231 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3232
3233If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3234when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003235to a larger number. Example: >
3236
3237 let sh_minlines = 500
3238
3239This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3240displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3241number is that redrawing can become slow.
3242
3243If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3244reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3245
3246 let sh_maxlines = 100
3247<
3248The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3249speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3250
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003251syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003252unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003253for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3254the following line in your .vimrc: >
3255
3256 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3257<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003258
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003259 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3260 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003261
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003262You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3263Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3264file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3265
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003266 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003267 " ==============
3268 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3269 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3270 unlet b:current_syntax
3271 endif
3272 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3273 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3274 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3275 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3276 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3277<
3278This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3279 awk '...awk code here...'
3280be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3281extended to other languages.
3282
3283
3284SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3285(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003286
3287The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3288
3289- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3290 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3291 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3292
3293- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3294 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003295 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003296 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3297 them in the syntax file.
3298
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003299- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003300 highlighting of # style comments.
3301
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003302 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003303 number of #s.
3304
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003305 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003306 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003307
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003308 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003309 more than one #.
3310
3311Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003312PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003313fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3314the syntax file.
3315
3316
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003317SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3318 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003319 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003320
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003321While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3322custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3323SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003324
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003325Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3326scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3327supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3328buffer by buffer basis.
3329
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003330For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003331
3332
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003333SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3334
3335Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3336designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3337bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3338with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3339
3340
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003341TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003342
3343This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3344for how the filetype is detected.
3345
3346Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003347is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3348add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003349
3350 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3351
3352If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3353when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3354to a larger number: >
3355
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003356 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003357
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003358This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3359displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3360synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3361tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3362redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003363
3364
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003365TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003366 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003367
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003368 Tex Contents~
3369 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3370 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3371 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3372 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3373 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3374 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3375 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3376 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3377 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3378 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3379 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3380 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3381 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003382 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003383 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003384
3385 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003386 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003387
3388As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3389sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3390 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3391in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3392modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3393 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003394If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003395 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003396<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003397 *g:tex_nospell*
3398 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3399
3400If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3401 let g:tex_nospell=1
3402into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3403comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3404
3405 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003406 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003407
3408Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3409prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3410this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3411 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003412If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3413see |g:tex_nospell|.
3414
3415 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003416 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003417
3418Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3419one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3420want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3421 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003422<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003423 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003424 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003425
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003426The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3427highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3428texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3429terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3430as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003431special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3432 %stopzone
3433which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3434texMathZone.
3435
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003436 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003437 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003438
3439If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3440 :syn sync maxlines=200
3441 :syn sync minlines=50
3442(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003443increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003444if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3445
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003446Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3447|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3448
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003449 *g:tex_fast*
3450
3451Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3452
3453 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3454
3455in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3456highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3457synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3458price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3459folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3460
3461You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3462selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3463
3464 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3465 c : allow texComment syntax
3466 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3467 M : allow texMath syntax
3468 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3469 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3470 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3471 S : allow texStyle syntax
3472 v : allow verbatim syntax
3473 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3474<
3475As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3476but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003477(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003478
3479 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003480 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003481
3482LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3483of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3484package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3485it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3486techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003487by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3488which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3489http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003490
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003491I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3492
3493 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3494<
3495The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3496
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003497 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003498 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003499
3500The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3501although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3502errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3503you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003504 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003505and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003506
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003507 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003508 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003509
3510If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3511code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003512 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3513You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3514(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3515As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3516 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3517You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3518and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3519The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3520has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003521
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003522 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003523 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003524
3525One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3526commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3527following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3528such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3529
3530 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3531 :set ft=tex
3532
3533Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3534always accept such use of @.
3535
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003536 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003537 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003538
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003539If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3540number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3541including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3542superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3543superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3544In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3545
3546One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3547with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003548
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003549 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003550 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3551
3552You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003553<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3554for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003555
3556 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003557 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003558 d = delimiters
3559 m = math symbols
3560 g = Greek
3561 s = superscripts/subscripts
3562<
3563By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3564substitution will not be made.
3565
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003566 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3567 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3568
3569Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3570keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3571syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3572
3573 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3574 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3575 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003576 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003577 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3578 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3579 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003580 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003581
3582 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3583 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3584
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003585 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3586 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3587
3588 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3589
3590 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3591 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3592
3593 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3594 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3595 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3596 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3597
3598 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3599 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3600<
3601 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3602 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3603 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3604< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3605 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3606
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003607 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3608 Tex: Match Check Control~
3609
3610 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003611 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3612 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003613 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3614 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3615 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3616< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3617 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3618 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3619< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3620 regions, >
3621 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3622< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003623
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003624TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003625
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003626There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3627
3628For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3629set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3630
3631 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3632<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003633VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3634 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003635There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003636updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3637g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3638improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003639
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003640 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3641 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3642<
3643 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3644 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003645
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003646 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3647The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3648embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003649
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003650 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3651 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003652 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3653 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3654 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3655 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3656 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003657<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003658By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3659itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3660of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3661and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003662 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003663
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003664Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003665
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003666 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3667 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3668 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003669 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003670 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3671 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3672 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3673 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3674 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003675<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003676 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003677Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3678is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003679highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003680
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003681 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3682<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003683
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003684
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003685WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3686
3687The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3688with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3689bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3690https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3691
3692
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003693XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003694
3695The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3696variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3697You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3698xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3699your .vimrc. Example: >
3700 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3701When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3702
3703Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3704"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3705highlighted.
3706
3707
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003708XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003709
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003710Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003711setting a global variable: >
3712
3713 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3714<
3715 *xml-folding*
3716The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003717start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003718
3719 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3720 :set foldmethod=syntax
3721
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003722Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003723especially for large files.
3724
3725
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003726X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003727
3728xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3729XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3730you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3731
3732To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3733somewhere else with "P".
3734
3735Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3736 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003737 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003738 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003739 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3740 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003741 :endfunction
3742 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3743 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3744This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3745It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3746must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3747
3748It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3749 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3750
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003751
3752YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3753
3754 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003755A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3756non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3757plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3758and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3759integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003760will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3761
3762Schema Description ~
3763failsafe No additional highlighting.
3764json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3765core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003766pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3767 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3768 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003769 schema.
3770
3771Default schema is `core`.
3772
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003773Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3774only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003775difference defined in the syntax file.
3776
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003777
3778ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3779
3780The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3781
3782 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3783
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003784==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010037856. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003786
3787Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3788
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037891. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003790 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3791 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3792 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3793 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3794 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3795 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003796
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037972. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003798 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3799
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000038003. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003801 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3802 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3803 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3804
3805Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3806you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3807to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3808and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3809"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3810one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3811This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3812each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3813for a lot of groups.
3814
3815Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3816group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3817for the syntax group with the same name.
3818
3819In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3820defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3821using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3822match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3823keyword with ignoring case.
3824
3825
3826PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3827
3828When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3829
38301. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3831 defined last has priority.
38322. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
38333. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3834 start in later positions.
3835
3836
3837DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3838
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003839:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003840 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3841 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3842 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3843 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3844
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003845:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003846 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003847
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003848
3849DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3850
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003851:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3852:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003853 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3854 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3855
3856 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3857 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3858
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003859 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003860 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3861 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3862 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3863
3864:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003865 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3866 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003867
3868 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3869
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003870SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3871
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003872:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3873:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3874:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003875 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3876 in a syntax item:
3877
3878 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3879 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3880 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3881
3882 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3883 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3884 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3885
3886 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3887
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003888:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003889 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3890 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003891
3892
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003893SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3894
3895:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3896 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3897 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3898
3899 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3900 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00003901 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003902
3903 Example: >
3904 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3905<
3906 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3907 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3908 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3909
3910 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3911
3912 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003913 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003914 match.
3915
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003916 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3917 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003918 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003919
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003920DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3921
3922:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3923
3924 This defines a number of keywords.
3925
3926 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3927 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3928 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3929
3930 Example: >
3931 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3932<
3933 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3934 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3935 These examples do exactly the same: >
3936 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3937 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3938 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003939< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003940 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3941 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3942 variations at once: >
3943 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3944<
3945 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3946 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3947 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3948 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3949 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003950 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003951
3952 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3953 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3954 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3955
3956 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3957 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3958 instead.
3959
3960 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3961
3962 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3963 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3964 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003965 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003966 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3967 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3968< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3969 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3970 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3971
3972
3973DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3974
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003975:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3976 [excludenl]
3977 [keepend]
3978 {pattern}
3979 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003980
3981 This defines one match.
3982
3983 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3984 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3985 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3986 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3987 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003988 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3989 match with the end pattern. See
3990 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003991 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3992 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3993 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3994 line, which makes the match depend on where
3995 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3996 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3997
3998 Example (match a character constant): >
3999 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4000<
4001
4002DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4003 *E398* *E399*
4004:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4005 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4006 [keepend]
4007 [extend]
4008 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004009 start={start-pattern} ..
4010 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4011 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004012 [{options}]
4013
4014 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4015
4016 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4017 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4018 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4019 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4020 for the text in between the matched start and
4021 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4022 a different group for the start or end match.
4023 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4024 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4025 match with the end pattern. See
4026 |:syn-keepend|.
4027 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004028 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004029 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4030 extend a containing match or item. Only
4031 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4032 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004033 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004034 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004035 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004036 the region where not to look for the end
4037 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004038 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004039 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4040
4041 Example: >
4042 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4043<
4044 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4045 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4046 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4047 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4048 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4049 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4050
4051 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4052 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4053 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4054 the end patterns.
4055
4056 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4057 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4058 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4059
4060 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4061 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4062 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4063 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4064
4065 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4066 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4067 work: >
4068 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4069 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4070< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4071 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4072 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4073 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4074 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4075< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4076 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4077
4078 *:syn-keepend*
4079 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4080 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4081 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4082 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4083 { starts outer "{}" region
4084 { starts contained "{}" region
4085 } ends contained "{}" region
4086 } ends outer "{} region
4087 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4088 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4089 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4090 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4091 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4092 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4093 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4094< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4095 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4096
4097 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4098 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4099 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4100 contained matches.
4101 *:syn-extend*
4102 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4103 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4104 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4105 extended.
4106 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4107 others don't. Example: >
4108
4109 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4110 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4111 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4112
4113< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4114 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4115 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4116
4117 Another example: >
4118 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4119< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4120 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4121 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4122 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4123 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4124
4125 *:syn-excludenl*
4126 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4127 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4128 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4129 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4130 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4131 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4132 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4133 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4134 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4135 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4136 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4137 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4138 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4139
4140 *:syn-matchgroup*
4141 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4142 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4143 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4144< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4145 between with the "String" group.
4146 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4147 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4148 using a matchgroup.
4149
4150 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4151 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4152 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4153 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4154 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4155
4156 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4157 different colors: >
4158 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4159 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4160 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4161 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4162 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4163 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004164<
4165 *E849*
4166The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004167
4168==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041697. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004170
4171The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4172The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4173and may be mixed with patterns.
4174
4175Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4176can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004177 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004178 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4179:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4180:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4181:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004182
4183These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004184 conceal
4185 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004186 contained
4187 containedin
4188 nextgroup
4189 transparent
4190 skipwhite
4191 skipnl
4192 skipempty
4193
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004194conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4195
4196When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004197Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004198'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4199concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4200edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004201Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004202
4203concealends *:syn-concealends*
4204
4205When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4206the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4207Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4208'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4209in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4210
4211cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004212 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004213The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4214when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4215argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004216character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4217a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004218 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004219See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004220
4221contained *:syn-contained*
4222
4223When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4224the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4225another match. Example: >
4226 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4227 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4228
4229
4230display *:syn-display*
4231
4232If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4233detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4234by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4235to be displayed.
4236
4237Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4238conditions:
4239- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4240 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4241 line.
4242- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4243 make it continue on the next line.
4244- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4245 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4246 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4247- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4248 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4249 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4250 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4251
4252Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4253- match with a number
4254- match with a label
4255
4256
4257transparent *:syn-transparent*
4258
4259If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4260itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4261is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4262only to skip over a part of the text.
4263
4264The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4265unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4266avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4267highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4268 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4269 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4270 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4271 :hi link myString String
4272 :hi link myWord Comment
4273Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4274match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4275argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4276it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4277out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004278"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004279happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4280position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4281
4282When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4283items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4284see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4285through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4286
4287 look from here
4288
4289 | | | | | |
4290 V V V V V V
4291
4292 xxxx yyy more contained items
4293 .................... contained item (transparent)
4294 ============================= first item
4295
4296The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4297transparent group.
4298
4299What you see is:
4300
4301 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4302
4303Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4304
4305
4306oneline *:syn-oneline*
4307
4308The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4309boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4310region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4311the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4312continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4313line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4314
4315When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4316pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4317end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4318means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4319be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4320line break.
4321
4322
4323fold *:syn-fold*
4324
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004325The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004326Example: >
4327 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4328 :syn sync fromstart
4329 :set foldmethod=syntax
4330This will make each {} block form one fold.
4331
4332The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4333ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4334The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004335See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4336from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004337{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4338
4339
4340 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004341contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004342
4343The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4344groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4345containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4346regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4347this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4348here.
4349
4350contains=ALL
4351 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4352 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4353
4354contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4355 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4356 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4357 are listed. Example: >
4358 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4359
4360contains=TOP
4361 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4362 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4363 argument.
4364contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4365 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4366
4367contains=CONTAINED
4368 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4369 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4370 argument.
4371contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4372 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4373 listed.
4374
4375
4376The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4377that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4378The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4379 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4380The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4381that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4382command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4383syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4384the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4385group names.
4386
4387The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4388region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4389|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4390region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4391area that is highlighted
4392
4393
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004394containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004395
4396The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4397item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4398containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4399
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004400The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004401
4402This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4403be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4404of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4405the C syntax: >
4406 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4407Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4408level.
4409
4410Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4411appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4412keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4413work.
4414
4415
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004416nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004417
4418The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4419separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4420
4421If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4422tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4423a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4424will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4425current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4426other groups. Example: >
4427 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4428 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4429 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4430
4431This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4432"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4433highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4434
4435 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4436 fff bbb fff bbb
4437
4438Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4439when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4440highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4441would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4442
4443
4444skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4445skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4446skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4447
4448These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4449used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004450 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004451 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4452 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4453
4454When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4455next group that matches the white space.
4456
4457When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4458line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4459line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4460the current item in the same line.
4461
4462When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4463groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4464for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4465space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4466
4467Example: >
4468 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4469 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4470 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4471Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4472match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4473precedence.
4474Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4475"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4476example).
4477
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004478IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4479
4480:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4481 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4482 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4483 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4484 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4485 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4486 given explicitly.
4487
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004488:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004489 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004490
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004491==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044928. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004493
4494In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4495characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4496use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4497use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4498 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4499 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4500
4501See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004502always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004503value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4504not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4505independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4506
4507Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4508This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4509
4510 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4511The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4512change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4513match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4514are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4515pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4516
4517The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4518The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4519
4520ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4521me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4522hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4523he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4524rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4525re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4526lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4527
4528The {offset} can be:
4529
4530s start of the matched pattern
4531s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4532s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4533e end of the matched pattern
4534e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4535e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004536{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004537
4538Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4539
4540Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4541meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4542
4543 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4544match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4545region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4546region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4547region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4548
4549Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4550 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4551<
4552 some "string" text
4553 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4554
4555Notes:
4556- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4557 offset(s).
4558- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4559- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4560 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004561- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004562 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004563 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004564- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4565 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4566 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4567
4568Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4569 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4570<
4571 /* this is a comment */
4572 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4573
4574A more complicated Example: >
4575 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4576<
4577 abcfoostringbarabc
4578 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004579 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004580
4581Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4582
4583Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4584with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004585in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004586
4587The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4588be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4589cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4590characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4591used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4592specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4593
4594 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4595 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4596 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4597<
4598 ___zzzz ___wwww
4599 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4600 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4601 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4602
4603The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4604unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4605
4606
4607Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4608
4609The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4610expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4611
4612When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4613allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004614following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4615the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004616
4617The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4618continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4619matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4620halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4621previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4622is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4623 x x a
4624 b x x
4625Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4626after the "\n".
4627
4628
4629External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4630
4631These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4632
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004633 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004634 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4635 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4636 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004637
4638 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4639 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4640 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4641 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4642
4643Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4644sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4645shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4646items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4647referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4648example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4649 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4650
4651As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4652it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004653changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004654first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4655also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004656 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004657
4658Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4659indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4660to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4661Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4662within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4663sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4664the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4665
4666Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4667cannot be referred to.
4668
4669==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046709. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004671
4672:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4673 [add={group-name}..]
4674 [remove={group-name}..]
4675
4676This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4677single name.
4678
4679 contains={group-name}..
4680 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4681 add={group-name}..
4682 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4683 remove={group-name}..
4684 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4685
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004686A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4687nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4688this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004689
4690Example: >
4691 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4692 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4693
4694As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4695retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4696to speak: >
4697 :syntax keyword A aaa
4698 :syntax keyword B bbb
4699 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4700 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4701 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4702
4703This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4704 :syntax keyword A aaa
4705 :syntax keyword B bbb
4706 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4707 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4708 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4709 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4710 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004711<
4712 *E848*
4713The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004714
4715==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100471610. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004717
4718It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4719a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4720two different ways:
4721
4722 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4723 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4724 the |:runtime| command: >
4725
4726 " In cpp.vim:
4727 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4728 :unlet b:current_syntax
4729
4730< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4731 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4732 ":syntax include" command:
4733
4734:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4735
4736 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4737 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4738 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4739 that list. >
4740
4741 " In perl.vim:
4742 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4743 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4744<
4745 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4746 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4747 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4748 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4749 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004750 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4751 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004752
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004753 *E847*
4754The maximum number of includes is 999.
4755
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004756==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100475711. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004758
4759Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4760make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4761redrawing starts.
4762
4763:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4764
4765There are four ways to synchronize:
47661. Always parse from the start of the file.
4767 |:syn-sync-first|
47682. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4769 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4770 |:syn-sync-second|
47713. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4772 |:syn-sync-third|
47734. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4774 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4775
4776 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4777For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4778limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4779
4780If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4781that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4782lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4783
4784If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4785for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4786adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4787slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004788 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004789<
4790 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4791When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4792cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4793start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4794the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4795break use this: >
4796 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4797The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4798change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4799value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4800
4801
4802First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4803>
4804 :syntax sync fromstart
4805
4806The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4807accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4808so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004809when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004810case: to the end of the file).
4811
4812Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4813
4814
4815Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4816
4817For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4818Example: >
4819 :syntax sync ccomment
4820
4821When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4822comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4823used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4824An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4825 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4826This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4827used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4828region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4829
4830The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4831lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4832lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4833lines, but it hard to sync on).
4834
4835Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4836that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4837is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4838chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4839is hardly ever noticed.
4840
4841
4842Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4843
4844For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4845Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4846means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4847Example: >
4848 :syntax sync minlines=50
4849
4850"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4851
4852
4853Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4854
4855The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4856sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4857region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4858starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4859the search continues backwards in the file.
4860
4861This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4862matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4863- Keywords cannot be used.
4864- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4865 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4866- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4867 forwards.
4868- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4869 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4870 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004871 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004872- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4873 group of continued lines).
4874- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4875 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4876 line (or group of continued lines).
4877- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4878 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4879 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4880 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4881
4882There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
48831. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4884 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4885 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4886 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
48872. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4888 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4889 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4890 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4891Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4892
4893Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4894avoid finding unwanted matches.
4895
4896[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4897search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4898highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4899faster.]
4900
4901 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4902 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4903
4904 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4905 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4906 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4907 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4908 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4909
4910 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4911 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4912
4913 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4914 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4915 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4916 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4917 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4918 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4919 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4920 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4921 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4922 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4923
4924 :syntax sync match ..
4925 :syntax sync region ..
4926
4927 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4928 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4929
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004930 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004931 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4932
4933 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4934 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4935 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4936
4937If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4938searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4939few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4940 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4941
4942You can clear all sync settings with: >
4943 :syntax sync clear
4944
4945You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4946 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4947
4948==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100494912. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004950
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004951This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004952
4953 :sy[ntax] [list]
4954
4955To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4956
4957 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4958
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004959To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004960
4961 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4962
4963See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4964
4965Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4966is mostly used, because it looks better.
4967
4968==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100496913. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004970
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01004971In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004972and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
4973of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00004974
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004975 colorscheme pablo
4976<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004977 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004978:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4979 This is basically the same as >
4980 :echo g:colors_name
4981< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4982 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4983 feature it will output "unknown".
4984
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004985:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004986 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004987 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004988 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4989 "start" and then under "opt".
4990
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004991 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004992 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004993
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004994You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
4995appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
4996the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
4997darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004998
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004999 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5000 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005001<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005002For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5003use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5004the original color scheme: >
5005 runtime colors/evening.vim
5006 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005007
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005008Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5009(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5010autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5011|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5012
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005013 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005014If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5015using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5016color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5017 augroup my_colorschemes
5018 au!
5019 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5020 augroup END
5021
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005022Change a couple more colors: >
5023 augroup my_colorschemes
5024 au!
5025 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005026 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005027 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5028 augroup END
5029
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005030If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5031colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5032 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5033 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5034
5035With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5036different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5037group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5038you can find them here:
5039https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5040
5041For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5042 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5043
5044
5045==============================================================================
504614. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5047
5048There are three types of highlight groups:
5049- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5050 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5051 linked to a group of the second type.
5052- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5053- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5054 *hitest.vim*
5055You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5056 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5057This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5058in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005059
5060:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5061 attributes set.
5062
5063:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5064 List one highlight group.
5065
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005066 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005067:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005068 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005069 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5070 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005071 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005072
5073:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5074:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5075 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5076 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5077
5078:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5079 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005080 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005081 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005082 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005083 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5084 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5085 argument.
5086
5087Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5088default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5089highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5090values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5091the default value.
5092
5093A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5094a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5095
5096 :hi Comment gui=bold
5097
5098Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5099specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5100result is like this single command has been used: >
5101 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5102<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005103 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005104When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5105also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5106 :verbose hi Comment
5107< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005108 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005109
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005110When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5111mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005112
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005113 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5114There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5115term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005116cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005117 termcap entry)
5118gui the GUI
5119
5120For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5121the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5122
51231. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5124
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005125 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005126 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5127 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5128 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005129term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005130 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005131 following items (in any order):
5132 bold
5133 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005134 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005135 underdouble not always available
5136 underdotted not always available
5137 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005138 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005139 reverse
5140 inverse same as reverse
5141 italic
5142 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005143 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005144 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5145
5146 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5147 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005148 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005149 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005150 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005151 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5152 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5153 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5154 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5155 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5156
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005157< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5158 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5159 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5160 have to specify the codes like this: >
5161 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5162 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5163 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5164< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5165 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5166 fallback.
5167
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005168
5169start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5170stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5171 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5172 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5173
5174 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5175 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5176 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5177 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5178 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5179 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5180 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5181
5182 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5183
5184 1. A string with escape sequences.
5185 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5186 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5187 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5188 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5189
5190 2. A list of terminal codes.
5191 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5192 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5193 White space is not allowed. Example:
5194 start=t_C1,t_BL
5195 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5196
5197
51982. highlight arguments for color terminals
5199
5200cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5201 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5202 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5203 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5204 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005205 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5206 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5207 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005208
5209ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5210ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005211ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5212 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5213 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5214
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005215 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5216 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5217 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5218 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5219 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5220 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5221
5222 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5223 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5224 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5225 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5226 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005227 *tmux*
5228 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5229 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005230 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5231 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005232< More info at:
5233 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5234 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005235
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005236 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5237 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5238 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005239 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5240 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5241
5242 *cterm-colors*
5243 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5244 0 0 Black
5245 1 4 DarkBlue
5246 2 2 DarkGreen
5247 3 6 DarkCyan
5248 4 1 DarkRed
5249 5 5 DarkMagenta
5250 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5251 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5252 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5253 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5254 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5255 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5256 12 1* Red, LightRed
5257 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5258 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5259 15 7* White
5260
5261 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5262 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5263 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5264 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5265 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5266 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5267 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5268 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5269 a number instead of a color name.
5270
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005271 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5272 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005273 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005274 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5275 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005276
5277 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5278 colors!
5279
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005280 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5281
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005282 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5283 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5284 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5285 Example: >
5286 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5287< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005288 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5289 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5290 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5291 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5292 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005293 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005294 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005295 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005296
5297 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5298 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5299 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5300 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005301 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5302 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5303 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5304 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5305 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005306 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5307< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005308 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005309 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5310
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005311ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5312 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5313 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5314 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5315 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5316 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5317 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5318 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005319
53203. highlight arguments for the GUI
5321
5322gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5323 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5324 See |attr-list| for a description.
5325 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5326 have the same effect.
5327 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5328
5329font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5330 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5331 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5332 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5333<
5334 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5335 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5336 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5337 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005338 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005339 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5340 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5341 changed.
5342 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5343 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5344 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005345 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5346 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5347 Example: >
5348 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005349
5350guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5351guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005352guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5353 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005354 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5355 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005356 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005357 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005358 bg use normal background color
5359 background use normal background color
5360 fg use normal foreground color
5361 foreground use normal foreground color
5362 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5363 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5364 Example: >
5365 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5366<
5367 *gui-colors*
5368 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5369 Red LightRed DarkRed
5370 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5371 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5372 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5373 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5374 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5375 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5376 Black White
5377 Orange Purple Violet
5378
5379 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5380 |win32-colors|.
5381
5382 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5383 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5384 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005385 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005386 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005387 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005388 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005389<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005390 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005391 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5392 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005393
5394 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5395 # override it.
5396 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5397 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5398<
5399 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5400 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5401 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5402 scheme: >
5403
5404 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5405 colorscheme alt
5406<
5407 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5408 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5409 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5410 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5411 by a color scheme using: >
5412
5413 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5414 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5415<
5416
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005417 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5418These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5419'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5420of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5421command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005422When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5423unreadable use Visual selection.
5424
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005425 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005426ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005427 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005428Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5429 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005430 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005431Cursor Character under the cursor.
5432lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5433 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005434 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005435CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005436 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005437CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005438 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005439CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005440 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005441Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005442 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005443DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005444 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005445DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005446 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005447DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005448 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005449DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005450 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005451EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005452 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005453 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005454ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005455 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005456VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005457 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005458Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005459 *hl-FoldColumn*
5460FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5461 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005462SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005463 *hl-IncSearch*
5464IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005465 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005466 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005467LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005468 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005469 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5470LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5471 option is set, above the cursor line.
5472 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5473LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5474 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005475 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005476CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5477 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005478 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5479CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005480 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5481CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005482 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005483MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005484 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005485 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005486MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5487 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005488 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005489ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005490 *hl-MoreMsg*
5491MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5492 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005493NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5494 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5495 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5496 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5497 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005498 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005499Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005500 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005501Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005502 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005503PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005504 *hl-PmenuKind*
5505PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5506 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5507PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5508 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5509PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5510 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5511PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005512 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005513PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005514 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5515PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005516 *hl-PopupNotification*
5517PopupNotification
5518 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5519 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005520 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005521Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005522 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5523QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005524 *hl-Search*
5525Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005526 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005527 *hl-CurSearch*
5528CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005529 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5530 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005531 *hl-SpecialKey*
5532SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5533 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005534 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005535 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005536 *hl-SpellBad*
5537SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5538 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005539 *hl-SpellCap*
5540SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5541 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005542 *hl-SpellLocal*
5543SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5544 used in another region. |spell|
5545 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5546 *hl-SpellRare*
5547SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5548 hardly ever used. |spell|
5549 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005550 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005551StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005552 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5553StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005554 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005555 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005556 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005557StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005558 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005559StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5560 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005561 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005562TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005563 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005564TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005565 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005566TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005567 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005568Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005569 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005570Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005571 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005572Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005573 *hl-VisualNOS*
5574VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5575 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5576 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005577WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005578 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005579WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005580
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005581 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005582The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005583statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005584
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005585For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005586scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5587Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5588and guifg.
5589
5590 *hl-Menu*
5591Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5592 Also used for the toolbar.
5593 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5594
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005595 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005596 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5597 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5598 set.
5599
5600 *hl-Scrollbar*
5601Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5602 scrollbars.
5603 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5604
5605 *hl-Tooltip*
5606Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5607 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5608
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005609 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005610 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5611 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5612 set.
5613
5614==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100561515. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005616
5617When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5618can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5619group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5620
5621To set a link:
5622
5623 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5624
5625To remove a link:
5626
5627 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5628
5629Notes: *E414*
5630- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5631 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5632- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5633 removed.
5634- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5635 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5636 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5637 links for groups that already have settings.
5638
5639 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5640The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5641group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5642will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5643
5644Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5645specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5646 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5647If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5648 :highlight link cComment Question
5649Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5650overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5651
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005652To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5653highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5654another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5655"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5656 highlight! default link cComment Question
5657
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005658==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100565916. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005660
5661If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5662command: >
5663 :syntax clear
5664
5665This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5666or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5667in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5668load the syntax file.
5669The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5670loaded after this command.
5671
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005672To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5673 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5674This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5675
5676To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5677 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5678This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5679
5680 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005681If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5682the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5683 :syntax off
5684
5685What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5686 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5687See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5688$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5689
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005690 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5691If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5692defaults back: >
5693
5694 :syntax reset
5695
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005696It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5697affects the highlighting.
5698
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005699This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5700
5701Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5702back to their Vim default.
5703Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5704scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5705
5706What this actually does is: >
5707
5708 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5709 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5710
5711Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5712
5713 *syncolor*
5714If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5715script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5716'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5717the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5718reset" command.
5719
5720For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5721
5722 if &background == "light"
5723 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5724 else
5725 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5726 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005727<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005728 *E679*
5729Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5730'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5731endless loop.
5732
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005733Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5734your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5735depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5736
5737 *syntax_cmd*
5738The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5739syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005740 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005741 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005742 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5743 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5744 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005745 the colors.
5746 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5747 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5748 them.
5749
5750==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100575117. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005752
5753If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5754mappings.
5755
5756 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5757 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5758>
5759 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5760 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5761
5762WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5763memory Vim will consume.
5764
5765Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005766must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5767at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005768
5769Put these lines in your Makefile:
5770
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005771# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005772types: types.vim
5773types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005774 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005775 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5776 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5777
5778And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5779
5780 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005781 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005782 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005783 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005784 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5785
5786==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100578718. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005788
5789Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5790possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5791private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5792with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5793highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5794italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5795
5796To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5797windows on the buffer: >
5798 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005799< *w:current_syntax*
5800This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5801"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5802restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5803"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5804"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005805Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005806
5807Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005808on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005809syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005810same buffer.
5811
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005812A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5813is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5814When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005815
5816==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100581719. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005818
5819Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5820default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5821 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5822 : if has("terminfo")
5823 : set t_Co=8
5824 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5825 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5826 : else
5827 : set t_Co=8
5828 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5829 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5830 : endif
5831 :endif
5832< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5833
5834You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5835e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5836
5837Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5838be wrong.
5839 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5840The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5841But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5842 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5843 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5844<
5845 *colortest.vim*
5846To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005847To use it, execute this command: >
5848 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005849
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005850Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005851output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5852at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5853colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5854
5855 *xfree-xterm*
5856To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005857included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005858at: >
5859 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5860Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5861termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5862supports. >
5863 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5864If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5865(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5866
5867This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5868 :if has("terminfo")
5869 : set t_Co=16
5870 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5871 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5872 :else
5873 : set t_Co=16
5874 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5875 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5876 :endif
5877< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5878
5879Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5880translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5881Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5882
5883For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5884
5885 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5886 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5887
5888Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5889and try if that works.
5890
5891You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5892 XTerm*color0: #000000
5893 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5894 XTerm*color2: #008000
5895 XTerm*color3: #808000
5896 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5897 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5898 XTerm*color6: #008080
5899 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5900 XTerm*color8: #808080
5901 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5902 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5903 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5904 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5905 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5906 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5907 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5908 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5909
5910[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5911cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005912newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005913
5914To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5915Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5916 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5917<
5918 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5919To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5920Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5921these resources:
5922 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5923 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5924 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5925 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5926
5927 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005928These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005929foreground colors: >
5930 :if has("terminfo")
5931 : set t_Co=8
5932 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5933 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5934 :else
5935 : set t_Co=8
5936 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5937 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5938 :endif
5939< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5940
5941 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5942These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5943emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5944bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5945 :set t_Co=16
5946 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5947 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5948<
5949 *TTpro-telnet*
5950These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5951open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5952 set t_Co=16
5953 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5954 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5955Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5956that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5957(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5958
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005959
5960==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100596120. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005962
5963This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5964
5965If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5966faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5967as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5968
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005969Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005970You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5971
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005972To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5973sequence: >
5974 :syntime on
5975 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5976 :syntime report
5977
5978This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5979it took to match them against the text.
5980
5981:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5982 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5983 matching.
5984
5985:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5986
5987:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5988
5989:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5990 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5991 the output.
5992
5993 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5994 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5995 matching this pattern.
5996 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5997 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5998 matched
5999 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6000 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6001 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6002 this is not unique.
6003 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6004
6005Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6006include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6007pattern does NOT match.
6008
6009When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6010all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6011literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6012
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006013"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006014 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006015"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006016
6017
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006018 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: